blob: 91caea5fb267f6e9fac34dbbb30a58eecb8aafb4 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenkce4832c2004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
38the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
39scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
40companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000041
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050042Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
43actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
44from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Day974ed2f2012-11-14 02:03:20 +000045
46 make CHANGELOG
47
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000048
49Where to get help:
50==================
51
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000052In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050053U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser8804a612008-09-10 09:18:34 -050054<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
55on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
56Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
57http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000058
59
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010060Where to get source code:
61=========================
62
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050063The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010064git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
65http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
66
67The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020068any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
70directory.
71
Anatolij Gustschin08337f32008-03-26 18:13:33 +010072Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010073ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
74
75
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000076Where we come from:
77===================
78
79- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000080- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000081- clean up code
82- make it easier to add custom boards
83- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
84- extend functions, especially:
85 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
86 * S-Record download
87 * network boot
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020088 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +020092- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000093
94
95Names and Spelling:
96===================
97
98The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
99"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
100in source files etc.). Example:
101
102 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
103
104File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
105
106 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
107
108 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
109
110Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
111the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000112
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000113 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
114 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
115
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000116
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000117Versioning:
118===========
119
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200120Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
121were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
122into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
123names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
124Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
125releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127Examples:
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000128 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
Jelle van der Waa30245ca2016-10-30 17:30:30 +0100130 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131
132
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000133Directory Hierarchy:
134====================
135
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamadaef6ebff2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900137 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500140 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000142 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500143 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400144 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200145 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Rick Chend7e6f922017-12-26 13:55:59 +0800146 /riscv Files generic to RISC-V architecture
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500147 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400149 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
151/board Board dependent files
Xu Ziyuanfb1f9392016-08-26 19:54:49 +0800152/cmd U-Boot commands functions
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500154/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500155/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
156/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
157/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400158/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500159/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
160/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
161/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500162/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
163/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500164/net Networking code
165/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500166/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
167/test Various unit test files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000169
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000170Software Configuration:
171=======================
172
173Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
174rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
175
176There are two classes of configuration variables:
177
178* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
179 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
180 "CONFIG_".
181
182* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
183 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
184 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200185 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000186
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500187Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
188symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
189U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
190allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
191build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000192
193
194Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
195---------------------------------------------------
196
197For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200198configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000199
200Example: For a TQM823L module type:
201
202 cd u-boot
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200203 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000204
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500205Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
206you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
207doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000208
Simon Glass53552c92014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600209Sandbox Environment:
210--------------------
211
212U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
213board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
214specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
215run some of U-Boot's tests.
216
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki287314f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530217See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass53552c92014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600218
219
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700220Board Initialisation Flow:
221--------------------------
222
223This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500224SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
225
226Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
227more detail later in this file.
228
229At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
230and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
231may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
232CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700233
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500234Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
235CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
236
237 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
238 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
239 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
240
241and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
242limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700243
244lowlevel_init():
245 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
246 - no global_data or BSS
247 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
248 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
249 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
250 board_init_f()
251 - this is almost never needed
252 - return normally from this function
253
254board_init_f():
255 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
256 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
257 - global_data is available
258 - stack is in SRAM
259 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
260 only stack variables and global_data
261
262 Non-SPL-specific notes:
263 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
264 can do nothing
265
266 SPL-specific notes:
267 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
268 version as needed.
269 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
270 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
271 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
272 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
273 directly)
274
275Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
276this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
277CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
278memory.
279
280board_init_r():
281 - purpose: main execution, common code
282 - global_data is available
283 - SDRAM is available
284 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
285 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
286
287 Non-SPL-specific notes:
288 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
289 there.
290
291 SPL-specific notes:
292 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
293 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
294 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
Ley Foon Tan48fcc4a2017-05-03 17:13:32 +0800295 done by selecting CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700296 spl_board_init() function containing this call
297 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
298
299
300
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000301Configuration Options:
302----------------------
303
304Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
305such information is kept in a configuration file
306"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
307
308Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
309"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
310
311
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000312Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
313kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
314build a config tool - later.
315
Ashish Kumar11234062017-08-11 11:09:14 +0530316- ARM Platform Bus Type(CCI):
317 CoreLink Cache Coherent Interconnect (CCI) is ARM BUS which
318 provides full cache coherency between two clusters of multi-core
319 CPUs and I/O coherency for devices and I/O masters
320
321 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCI400
322
323 Defined For SoC that has cache coherent interconnect
324 CCN-400
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000325
Ashish Kumar97393d62017-08-18 10:54:36 +0530326 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCN504
327
328 Defined for SoC that has cache coherent interconnect CCN-504
329
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000330The following options need to be configured:
331
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500332- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500334- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk994ad962006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200335
Lei Wen20014762011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530336- Marvell Family Member
337 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
338 multiple fs option at one time
339 for marvell soc family
340
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600341- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sun2394a0f2012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000342 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
343
344 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
345 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
346 compliance, among other possible reasons.
347
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600348 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
349
350 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
351 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
352 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
353
Kumar Gala179b1b22011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500354 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
355
356 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
357 tree nodes for the given platform.
358
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000359 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
360
361 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
362 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
363 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
364
365 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
367
368 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
369 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
370
371 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
372 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
373 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
374 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
375
376 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
377 this erratum.
378
Prabhakar Kushwahad324f472013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530379 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
380 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800381 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwahad324f472013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530382
Prabhakar Kushwahac4c10d12014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530383 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
384 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800385 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwahac4c10d12014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530386
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000387 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
388
389 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
390 according to the A004510 workaround.
391
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
393 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
394 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
395
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530396 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
397 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
398 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
399
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
401 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
402 connected to the DSP core.
403
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530404 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
405 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
406
Priyanka Jaine9dcaa82013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530407 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
408 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
409 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
410 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
411
Aneesh Bansal8bcbc272014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530412 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
413 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Meng75574052016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800414 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansal8bcbc272014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530415
Tang Yuantiana7364af2014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800416 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800417 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantiana7364af2014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800418 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
419
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000420- Generic CPU options:
421 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
422
423 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
424 values is arch specific.
425
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700426 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
427 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
428 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
429 SoCs.
430
431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
432 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
433
434 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
435 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
436 deskew training are not available.
437
438 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
439 Freescale DDR1 controller.
440
441 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
442 Freescale DDR2 controller.
443
444 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
445 Freescale DDR3 controller.
446
York Sun2896cb72014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700447 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
448 Freescale DDR4 controller.
449
York Sun461c9392013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700450 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
451 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
452
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700453 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
454 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
455 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
456 implemetation.
457
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day8d56db92016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400459 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700460 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
461 implementation.
462
463 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
464 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun2896cb72014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700465 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
466
467 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
468 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
469 DDR3L controllers.
470
471 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
472 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
473 DDR4 controllers.
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700474
Prabhakar Kushwaha62908c22014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530475 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
476 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
477
478 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
479 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
480
Prabhakar Kushwaha3c48f582017-02-02 15:01:26 +0530481 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
482 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller).
483
Prabhakar Kushwahabedc5622017-02-02 15:02:00 +0530484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV
485 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to eLBC controller).
486
Prabhakar Kushwaha950f2f72014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530487 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
488 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
489 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
490
491 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
492 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
493 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
494 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
495
Prabhakar Kushwaha2c27f122014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530496 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
497 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
498 concatenated with u-boot binary.
499
York Sun29647ab2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800500 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
501 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
502
503 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
504 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
505
York Sun3a0916d2014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800506 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
507 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
508 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
509 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
510
York Sunc459ae62014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800511 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
512 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
513 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
514 SoCs with ARM core.
515
York Sun79a779b2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700516 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
517 Number of controllers used as main memory.
518
519 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
520 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
521
Prabhakar Kushwaha122bcfd2015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530522 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
523 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
524
Ruchika Guptabb7143b2014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530525 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
526 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
527
528 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
529 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
530
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200531- MIPS CPU options:
532 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
533
534 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
535 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
536 relocation.
537
538 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
539
540 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
541 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
542 Possible values are:
543 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
544 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
545 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
546 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
547 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
548 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
549 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
550 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
551
552 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
553
554 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
555 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
556
557 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
558
559 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
560 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
561 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
562
Christian Riesch48c2d6d2012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000563- ARM options:
564 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
565
566 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
567 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
568
York Sun77a10972015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700569 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
570 Generic timer clock source frequency.
571
572 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
573 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
574 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
575 at run time.
576
Stephen Warren8d1fb312015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700577- Tegra SoC options:
578 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
579
580 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
581 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
582 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
583
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000584- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000585 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
586
587 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
588 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
589 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
590 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
591 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
592 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
593 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000594 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100595 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000596 default environment.
597
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000598 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
599
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800600 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000601 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
602 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
603
Gerald Van Barenfcd91bb2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400604 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200605
606 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400607 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
608 concepts).
609
610 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
611 * New libfdt-based support
612 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500613 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400614
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200615 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galae40c2b52006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600616 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200617
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200618 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
619 addresses
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500620
Kumar Gala1e26aa52006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600621 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
622
623 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
624 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000625
Simon Glass6c0be912014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600626 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
627
628 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
629 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
630 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
631 the kernel.
632
Heiko Schocherffb293a2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200633 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
634
635 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
636 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
637 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
638 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
639 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
640 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
641
Igor Grinberg06890672011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000642 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
643
644 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
645 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
646 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
647 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
648 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
649 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
650 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
651
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100652- vxWorks boot parameters:
653
654 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Mengfb694b92015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700655 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
656 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100657 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
658
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100659 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
660 the defaults discussed just above.
661
Aneesh V960f5c02011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000662- Cache Configuration:
663 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
664 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
665 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
666
Aneesh V686a0752011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000667- Cache Configuration for ARM:
668 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
669 controller
670 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
671 controller register space
672
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000673- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200674 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000675
676 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
677
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200678 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000679
680 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
681
682 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
683
684 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
685 the clock speed of the UARTs.
686
687 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
688
689 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
690 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
691 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
692
Karicheri, Muralidharancbc08882014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400693 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
694
695 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
696 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000697
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000698- Console Baudrate:
699 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
700 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200701 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000702
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000703- Autoboot Command:
704 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
705 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
706 define a command string that is automatically executed
707 when no character is read on the console interface
708 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
709
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000710 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000711 The value of these goes into the environment as
712 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
713 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200714 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000715
Heiko Schocher040c5c32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100716- Bootcount:
717 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
718 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
719 cycle, see:
720 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
721
722 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
723 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
724 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
725 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
726 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
727 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
728 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
729 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
730 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
731
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000732- Pre-Boot Commands:
733 CONFIG_PREBOOT
734
735 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
736 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
737 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
738 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
739 entering interactive mode.
740
741 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
742 automatically generated or modified. For an example
743 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
744 modified when the user holds down a certain
745 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
746 booting the systems
747
748- Serial Download Echo Mode:
749 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
750 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
751 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
752 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
753 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
754 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
755 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
756
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500757- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000758 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
759 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200760 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000761
Simon Glassaa34ef22016-03-13 19:07:28 -0600762- Removal of commands
763 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
764 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
765 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
766 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
767 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
768 simple boot procedures.
769
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000770- Regular expression support:
771 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200772 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
773 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
774 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
775 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000776
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000777- Device tree:
778 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
779 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
780 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
781 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
782 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
783 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
784
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000785 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
Alex Deymo5b661ec2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700786 be done using one of the three options below:
Simon Glass38d6b8d2011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000787
788 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
789 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
790 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
791 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
792 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1f17f192017-08-26 07:34:14 +0900793 the global data structure as gd->fdt_blob.
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000794
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000795 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
796 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
797 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
798 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
799
800 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
801
802 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
803 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
804 still use the individual files if you need something more
805 exotic.
806
Alex Deymo5b661ec2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700807 CONFIG_OF_BOARD
808 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use the device tree
809 provided by the board at runtime instead of embedding one with
810 the image. Only boards defining board_fdt_blob_setup() support
811 this option (see include/fdtdec.h file).
812
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813- Watchdog:
814 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
815 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000816 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
Christophe Leroy069fa832017-07-06 10:23:22 +0200817 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx
818 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
819 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
820 available, then no further board specific code should
821 be needed to use it.
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000822
823 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
824 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
825 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
826 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000827
Heiko Schocher735326c2015-01-21 08:38:22 +0100828 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
829 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
830
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000831- U-Boot Version:
832 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
833 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
834 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
835 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeauce9a1552012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200836 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
837 next reset.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000838
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000839- Real-Time Clock:
840
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500841 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000842 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
843 following options:
844
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000845 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam3f8d1782011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000846 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000847 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1fe2c702003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000848 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000849 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk0893c472003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000850 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel90491f22014-07-21 11:06:16 +0200851 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenkef5fe752003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000852 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krillb27939b2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100853 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenkaeba06f2004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000854 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Chris Packham2d3ac512017-05-30 12:03:33 +1200855 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher1f1b7012011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200856 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
857 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000858
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000859 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
860 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
861
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600862- GPIO Support:
863 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600864
Chris Packham9b383202010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000865 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
866 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
867 pins supported by a particular chip.
868
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600869 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
870 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
871
Simon Glass4dc47ca2014-06-11 23:29:41 -0600872- I/O tracing:
873 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
874 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
875 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
876 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
877 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
878 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
879 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
880 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
881
882 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
883 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
884 still continue to operate.
885
886 iotrace is enabled
887 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
888 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
889 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
890 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
891 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
892 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
893
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000894- Timestamp Support:
895
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000896 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
897 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
898 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500899 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000900
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000901- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
902 Zero or more of the following:
903 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000904 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
905 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
906 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
907 disk/part_efi.c
908 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000909
Simon Glassb569a012017-05-17 03:25:30 -0600910 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_IDE or
Simon Glass8706b812016-05-01 11:36:02 -0600911 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000912 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000913
914- IDE Reset method:
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000915 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
916 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000917
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000918 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
919 be performed by calling the function
920 ide_set_reset(int reset)
921 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000922
923- ATAPI Support:
924 CONFIG_ATAPI
925
926 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
927
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000928- LBA48 Support
929 CONFIG_LBA48
930
931 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher0f602e12009-12-03 11:21:21 +0100932 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000933 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
934 support disks up to 2.1TB.
935
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200936 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000937 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
938 Default is 32bit.
939
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000940- SCSI Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200941 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
942 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
943 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000944 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
945 devices.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000946
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200947 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
948 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauere50a10e2012-10-29 05:23:48 +0000949
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000950- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +0000951 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffett64b94dd2011-10-18 11:05:29 +0000952 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
953
954 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
955 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
956 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
957 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
958
959 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
960 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
961 example with the "sspi" command.
962
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000963 CONFIG_EEPRO100
964 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200965 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000966 write routine for first time initialisation.
967
968 CONFIG_TULIP
969 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
970 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
971 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
972
973 CONFIG_NATSEMI
974 Support for National dp83815 chips.
975
976 CONFIG_NS8382X
977 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
978
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000979- NETWORK Support (other):
980
Jens Scharsigdab7cb82010-01-23 12:03:45 +0100981 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
982 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
983
984 CONFIG_RMII
985 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
986
987 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
988 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
989 The driver doen't show link status messages.
990
Rob Herringc9830dc2011-12-15 11:15:49 +0000991 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
992 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
993
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000994 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000995 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
996
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000997 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
998 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
999
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001000 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenk3c711762004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001001 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1002
1003 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1004 Define this to hold the physical address
1005 of the device (I/O space)
1006
1007 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1008 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1009
1010 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1011 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1012 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1013
Heiko Schocher7d037f72011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001014 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1015 Support for davinci emac
1016
1017 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1018 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1019
Macpaul Lin199c6252010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001020 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1021 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1022
1023 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1024 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1025 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1026 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1027 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1028 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1029 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1030 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1031
Yoshihiro Shimodaed4cea02011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001032 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1033 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1034
1035 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1036 Define the number of ports to be used
1037
1038 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1039 Define the ETH PHY's address
1040
Yoshihiro Shimoda281aa052011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001041 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1042 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1043
Heiko Schocher2b387762014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001044- PWM Support:
1045 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
Robert P. J. Day1f8378a2016-09-13 08:35:18 -04001046 Support for PWM module on the imx6.
Heiko Schocher2b387762014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001047
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001048- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001049 CONFIG_TPM
1050 Support TPM devices.
1051
Christophe Ricard8759ff82015-10-06 22:54:41 +02001052 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1053 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tame49fed52013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001054 per system is supported at this time.
1055
Tom Wai-Hong Tame49fed52013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001056 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1057 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1058
Christophe Ricard88249232016-01-21 23:27:13 +01001059 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
1060 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
1061
1062 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
1063 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
1064 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
1065
Christophe Ricard5ffadc32016-01-21 23:27:14 +01001066 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
1067 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
1068 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
1069
Dirk Eibach20489092013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001070 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1071 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1072
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001073 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001074 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1075 per system is supported at this time.
1076
1077 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1078 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1079 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1080 0xfed40000.
1081
Reinhard Pfau4fece432013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001082 CONFIG_TPM
1083 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1084 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1085 Requires support for a TPM device.
1086
1087 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1088 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1089 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1090
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001091- USB Support:
1092 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
Heiko Schocher6f90e582017-06-14 05:49:40 +02001093 supported (PIP405, MIP405); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001094 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1095 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenkfb30b4c2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001096 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001097 storage devices.
1098 Note:
1099 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1100 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001101
Simon Glass5978cdb2012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001102 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1103 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1104
Oleksandr Tymoshenko7a881752014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001105 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1106 HW module registers.
1107
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001108- USB Device:
1109 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1110 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1111 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001112 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001113 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1114 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001115 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001116 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1117 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1118 a Linux host by
1119 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1120 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1121 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1122 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001123
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001124 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1125 Define this to build a UDC device
1126
1127 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1128 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1129 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001130
Vipin KUMARbdb17702012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301131 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1132 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1133 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1134 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1135 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1136 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1137 speed.
1138
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001139 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001140 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1141 be set to usbtty.
1142
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001143 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001144 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001145 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001146 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1147 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1148 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1149
1150 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1151 Define this string as the name of your company for
1152 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001153
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001154 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1155 Define this string as the name of your product
1156 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001157
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001158 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1159 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1160 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1161 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1162 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001163
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001164 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1165 Define this as the unique Product ID
1166 for your device
1167 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001168
Igor Grinbergac5f6ee2011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001169- ULPI Layer Support:
1170 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1171 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1172 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1173 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1174 viewport is supported.
1175 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1176 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stachf31e4112012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001177 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1178 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1179 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001180
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001181- MMC Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001182 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1183 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1184 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001185 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001186 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1187 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001188
Yoshihiro Shimodadb7717b2011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001189 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1190 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1191
1192 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1193 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1194
1195 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1196 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1197
Pierre Aubertbcc302c2014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001198 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1199 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1200
1201 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1202 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1203 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1204
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001205- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Paul Kocialkowski045d6052015-06-12 19:56:58 +02001206 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001207 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1208
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001209 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1210 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1211
Pantelis Antonioucf14d0d2013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001212 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1213 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1214
Afzal Mohammede3c687a2013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301215 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1216 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1217 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1218 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1219 one that would help mostly the developer.
1220
Heiko Schochera2f831e2013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001221 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1222 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1223 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1224 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1225 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1226
Pantelis Antonioua6e788d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001227 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1228 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1229 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1230 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1231 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1232 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1233
Heiko Schochere1ba1512014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001234 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1235 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1236 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1237 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1238
1239 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1240 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1241 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1242 sending again an USB request to the device.
1243
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001244- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
Simon Glassfa8527b2016-10-02 18:00:59 -06001245 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001246 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1247
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001248 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1249 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001250 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1251
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001252- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glasseaba37e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001253 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1254
1255 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1256
1257 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1258 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1259 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1260 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1261 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001262
1263- Video support:
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001264 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001265 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001266 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1267 support, and should also define these other macros:
1268
1269 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1270 CONFIG_VIDEO
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001271 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1272 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1273 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1274 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1275 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1276
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001277 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1278 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevamd3ad5e52016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001279 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001280 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001281
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001282- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1283
1284 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1285 display); also select one of the supported displays
1286 by defining one of these:
1287
Stelian Popf6f86652008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001288 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1289
1290 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1291
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001292 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001293
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001294 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001295
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001296 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1297
1298 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1299 Active, color, single scan.
1300
1301 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001302
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001303 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001304 Active, color, single scan.
1305
1306 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1307
1308 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1309 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1310
1311 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1312
1313 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1314 Active, color, single scan.
1315
1316 CONFIG_HLD1045
1317
1318 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1319 Active, color, single scan.
1320
1321 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1322
1323 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1324 or
1325 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1326 or
1327 Hitachi SP14Q002
1328
1329 320x240. Black & white.
1330
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001331 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1332
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001333 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001334 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1335 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1336 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1337 a per-section basis.
1338
1339
Hannes Petermaiera3c8e862015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001340 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1341
1342 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1343 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1344 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1345 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1346 printed out.
1347 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1348 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1349 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1350 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1351 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1352 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1353 1 = 90 degree rotation
1354 2 = 180 degree rotation
1355 3 = 270 degree rotation
1356
1357 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1358 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1359
Tom Wai-Hong Tam79926a42012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001360 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1361
1362 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1363
Tom Wai-Hong Tam6664f202012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001364 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1365
1366 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1367 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1368
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001369- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001370
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001371 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1372 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1373 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenk01686632004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001374 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001375 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1376 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1377 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1378 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001379
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001380 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1381
1382 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1383 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevama58b4912016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001384 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001385 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1386 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1387 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1388 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1389 there is no need to set this option.
1390
Matthias Weisser53884182009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001391 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1392
1393 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1394 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1395 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1396 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1397 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1398 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1399
1400 Example:
1401 setenv splashpos m,m
1402 => image at center of screen
1403
1404 setenv splashpos 30,20
1405 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1406
1407 setenv splashpos -10,m
1408 => vertically centered image
1409 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1410
Stefan Roesed9d97742005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001411- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1412
1413 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1414 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1415 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1416
Anatolij Gustschin6b4e4fc2010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001417- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1418
1419 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1420 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1421 bmp command.
1422
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001423- Compression support:
Kees Cook5b06e642013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001424 CONFIG_GZIP
1425
1426 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1427
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001428 CONFIG_BZIP2
1429
1430 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1431 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1432 compressed images are supported.
1433
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001434 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001435 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001436 be at least 4MB.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001437
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001438- MII/PHY support:
1439 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1440
1441 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1442
1443 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1444
1445 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1446
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001447 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1448
1449 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1450 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1451 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1452 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1453
1454 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1455
1456 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1457 command issued before MII status register can be read
1458
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001459- IP address:
1460 CONFIG_IPADDR
1461
1462 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001463 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001464 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001465 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001466
1467- Server IP address:
1468 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1469
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001470 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001471 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001472 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001473
Robin Getz470a6d42009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001474 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1475
1476 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1477 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1478
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001479- Gateway IP address:
1480 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1481
1482 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1483 default router where packets to other networks are
1484 sent to.
1485 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1486
1487- Subnet mask:
1488 CONFIG_NETMASK
1489
1490 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1491 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1492 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1493 forwarded through a router.
1494 (Environment variable "netmask")
1495
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001496- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1497 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1498
1499 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1500 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001501 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001502 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1503 multicast group.
1504
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001505- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1506 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1507
1508 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1509 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1510 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1511 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1512 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1513 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1514 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1515 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denkb65aaf92007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001516 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001517
1518 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1519 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1520 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1521 4th and following
1522 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1523
Thierry Reding8977cda2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02001524 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
1525
1526 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
1527 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
1528 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
1529 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
1530 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
1531 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
1532 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
1533 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
1534 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
1535 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
1536 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
1537 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
1538 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
1539 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
1540 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
1541
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001542- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001543 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1544 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001545
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001546 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1547 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1548 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1549 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1550 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1551 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1552 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1553 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1554 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1555 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1556 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1557 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001558 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001559
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001560 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1561 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001562
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001563 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1564 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1565 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1566 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1567 is not available.
1568
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001569 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1570 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1571 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1572 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1573 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1574 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1575 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001576 is defined.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001577
1578 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1579 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1580 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001581 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001582 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1583 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001584
Aras Vaichas72aa3f32008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001585 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1586
1587 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1588 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1589 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1590 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1591 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1592 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1593 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1594 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1595 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1596 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1597 this delay.
1598
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001599 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1600 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1601 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1602 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1603 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1604
1605 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1606
Prabhakar Kushwaha2dec06f2017-11-23 16:51:32 +05301607 - MAC address from environment variables
1608
1609 FDT_SEQ_MACADDR_FROM_ENV
1610
1611 Fix-up device tree with MAC addresses fetched sequentially from
1612 environment variables. This config work on assumption that
1613 non-usable ethernet node of device-tree are either not present
1614 or their status has been marked as "disabled".
1615
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001616 - CDP Options:
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001617 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001618
1619 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1620
1621 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1622
1623 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1624 of the device.
1625
1626 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1627
1628 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1629 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001630 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001631
1632 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1633
1634 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1635 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1636
1637 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1638
1639 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1640
1641 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1642
1643 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1644
1645 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1646
1647 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1648
1649 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1650
1651 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1652 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1653
1654 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1655
1656 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1657
Uri Mashiach3dc6f652017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001658- Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001659
1660 Several configurations allow to display the current
1661 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1662 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1663 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1664 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1665 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
Uri Mashiach3dc6f652017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001666 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001667 feature in U-Boot.
1668
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001669 Additional options:
1670
Uri Mashiach3dc6f652017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001671 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001672 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
1673 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
Uri Mashiach3dc6f652017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001674 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001675 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
1676
Igor Grinberg203bd9f2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02001677 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
1678 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
1679 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
1680 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
1681 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
1682 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
1683
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001684- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001685
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001686 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
1687 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
1688 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
1689 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
1690 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
1691 interface.
1692
1693 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001694 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
1695 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
1696 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
1697 for defining speed and slave address
1698 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
1699 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
1700 for defining speed and slave address
1701 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
1702 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
1703 for defining speed and slave address
1704 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
1705 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
1706 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001707
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001708 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
1709 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
1710 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
1711 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
1712 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
1713 bus.
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001714 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001715 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
1716 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
1717 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
1718 second bus.
1719
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001720 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu045acfa2013-10-11 16:23:53 +09001721 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
1722 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
1723 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001724
Dirk Eibach42b204f2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00001725 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
1726 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
1727 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1728 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1729
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001730 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
1731 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)eb943872015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001732 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
1733 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
1734 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
1735 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001736 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
1737 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
1738 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
1739 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
1740 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
1741 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)eb943872015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001742 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
1743 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001744 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001745 for speed, and 0 for slave.
1746
Nobuhiro Iwamatsue94ea2f2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09001747 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
1748 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
1749 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
1750
1751 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
1752 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
1753 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
1754 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
1755 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
1756 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
1757 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
1758 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
1759 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
1760
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu12240102013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001761 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
1762 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
1763 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
1764
1765 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
1766 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
1767 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
1768 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
1769 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
1770 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
1771 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
1772 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
1773 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
1774 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001775 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu12240102013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001776
Heiko Schocherf53f2b82013-10-22 11:03:18 +02001777 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
1778 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
1779 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
1780 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
1781 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
1782 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
1783 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
1784 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
1785 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
1786 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
1787 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
1788 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
1789
Heiko Schocher465819a2013-11-08 07:30:53 +01001790 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
1791 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
1792 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
1793 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
1794
Naveen Krishna Ch5d5efd32013-12-06 12:12:38 +05301795 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
1796 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
1797 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
1798 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
1799 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
1800
Dirk Eibachb9577432014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001801 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
1802 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
1803 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1804 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
1805 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
1806 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1807 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
1808 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
1809 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
1810 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
1811 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
1812 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
1813 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
1814 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach9ac33852015-10-28 11:46:22 +01001815 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
1816 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
1817 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
1818 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
1819 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
1820 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
1821 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
1822 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
1823 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb9577432014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001824
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001825 additional defines:
1826
1827 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Simon Glassb05e2b32016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001828 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use.
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001829
1830 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
1831 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
1832 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
1833 omit this define.
1834
1835 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
1836 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
1837 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
1838 define.
1839
1840 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001841 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001842 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
1843 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
1844 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
1845
1846 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1847 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
1848 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
1849 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
1850 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
1851 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
1852 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1853 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
1854 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
1855 }
1856
1857 which defines
1858 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001859 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
1860 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
1861 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
1862 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
1863 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001864 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001865 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
1866 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001867
1868 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
1869
Simon Glass3efce392017-05-12 21:10:00 -06001870- Legacy I2C Support:
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001871 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001872 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1873 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001874
1875 I2C_INIT
1876
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001877 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001878 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001879
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001880 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001881
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001882 I2C_ACTIVE
1883
1884 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1885 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1886 define can be null.
1887
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001888 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1889
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001890 I2C_TRISTATE
1891
1892 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1893 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1894 define can be null.
1895
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001896 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1897
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001898 I2C_READ
1899
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001900 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
1901 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001902
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001903 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1904
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001905 I2C_SDA(bit)
1906
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001907 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1908 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001909
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001910 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001911 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001912 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001913
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001914 I2C_SCL(bit)
1915
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001916 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1917 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001918
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001919 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001920 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001921 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001922
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001923 I2C_DELAY
1924
1925 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1926 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001927 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001928 like:
1929
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001930 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001931
Mike Frysingeree12d542010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001932 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1933
1934 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1935 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1936 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1937 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1938
1939 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1940 the generic GPIO functions.
1941
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001942 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001943
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001944 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1945 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1946 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1947 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1948 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1949 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1950 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1951 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001952
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001953 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1954
1955 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001956 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1957 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001958 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1959
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001960 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001961
1962 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001963 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001964 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1965 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001966
1967 e.g.
1968 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001969 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001970
1971 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1972
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001973 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Simon Glassb05e2b32016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001974 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001975
1976 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1977
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001978 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001979
1980 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1981 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1982
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001983 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001984
1985 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1986 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1987
Andrew Dyer58c41f92008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001988 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1989
1990 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1991 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1992 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1993 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1994 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1995 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1996 the other.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001997
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001998- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1999
2000 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2001 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2002 D/As on the SACSng board)
2003
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002004 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2005
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002006 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2007 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2008 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2009 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2010 defined, the board configuration must define several
2011 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2012 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002013
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002014 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2015
2016 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2017 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2018 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002019 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002020 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2021
Heiko Schocherb77c8882014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002022 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2023 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2024 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2025
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002026- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002027
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002028 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2029
2030 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2031
2032 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2033 (ALTERA, XILINX)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002034
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002035 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002036
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002037 Enables support for FPGA family.
2038 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2039
2040 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2041
2042 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002043
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002044 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002045
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002046 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002047
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002048 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002049
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002050 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2051 status by the configuration function. This option
2052 will require a board or device specific function to
2053 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002054
2055 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2056
2057 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2058 configuration driver.
2059
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002060 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002061 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2062
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002063 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002064
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002065 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2066 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2067 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2068 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002069
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002070 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002071
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002072 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2073 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002074 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002075 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002076
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002077 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002078
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002079 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002080 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002081
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002082 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002083
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002084 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002085 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002086
2087- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roese141ed202014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002088 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2089
2090 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2091 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2092 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2093 special image will be automatically built upon calling
Simon Glassdc27def2016-07-27 20:33:08 -06002094 make / buildman.
Stefan Roese141ed202014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002095
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002096 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2097
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002098 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2099 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002100
2101- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2102
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002103 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2104 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002105 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002106 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2107 protects these variables from casual modification by
2108 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2109 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002110 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002111
2112 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2113 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002114 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002115 these parameters.
2116
Joe Hershberger76f353e2015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002117 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2118 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002119 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002120 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2121 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2122 read-only.]
2123
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002124 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2125 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2126 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2127 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2128
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002129- Protected RAM:
2130 CONFIG_PRAM
2131
2132 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2133 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2134 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2135 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2136 this default value by defining an environment
2137 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2138 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2139 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2140 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2141 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2142 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2143 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2144
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002145 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002146 saveenv
2147
2148 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2149 either, which results in a memory region that will
2150 not be affected by reboots.
2151
2152 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2153 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2154 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2155 following board configurations are known to be
2156 "pRAM-clean":
2157
Heiko Schocher65d94db2017-06-07 17:33:09 +02002158 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx,
Wolfgang Denk90326762012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002159 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Heiko Schocher71cb3e92017-06-07 17:33:10 +02002160 FLAGADM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002161
Gabe Blacka2f3a932012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002162- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2163 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2164 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2165 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2166 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2167 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2168 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2169
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002170- Error Recovery:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002171 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2172
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002173 This variable defines the number of retries for
2174 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2175 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2176 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002177
Guennadi Liakhovetskib38c2b32008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002178 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2179
2180 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2181
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi147e3902012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002182 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2183
2184 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2185 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2186 try longer timeout such as
2187 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2188
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002189- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002190 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk3902d702004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002191
2192 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2193
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002194 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002195
2196 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2197 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2198 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2199
2200 Note:
2201
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002202 In the current implementation, the local variables
2203 space and global environment variables space are
2204 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2205 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2206 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2207 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2208 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002209
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002210 Global environment variables are those you use
2211 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2212 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2213 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002214
2215 To store commands and special characters in a
2216 variable, please use double quotation marks
2217 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2218 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2219 symbols.
2220
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002221- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002222 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2223
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002224 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002225 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002226
Marek Vasut734fb042016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002227- Command Line PS1/PS2 support:
2228 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2229
2230 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2231 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2232 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2233 and PS2.
2234
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002235- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002236 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2237
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002238 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2239 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002240 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk591dda52002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002241
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002242 For example, place something like this in your
2243 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002244
2245 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2246 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2247 "myvar2=value2\0"
2248
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002249 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2250 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2251 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2252 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002253 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002254 You better know what you are doing here.
2255
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002256 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2257 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002258 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002259 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002260
Stephen Warren1465d5f2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002261 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2262
2263 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2264 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2265 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2266
2267 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2268
2269 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2270 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2271 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2272 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2273 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2274
Tom Rini4c8cc9b2012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002275 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2276
2277 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2278 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2279 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2280
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002281 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2282
2283 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002284 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002285 that so that the environment is not available until
2286 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2287 this is instead controlled by the value of
2288 /config/load-environment.
2289
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002290- Serial Flash support
Simon Glass663b0cc2017-08-04 16:35:06 -06002291 Usage requires an initial 'sf probe' to define the serial
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002292 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2293 commands.
2294
2295 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2296 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2297 flash is present on the system.
2298
2299 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2300 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2301 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2302 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2303
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002304
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002305- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2306 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2307
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002308 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002309 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002310 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002311 number generator is used.
2312
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002313 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2314 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2315 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2316
2317 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002318 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2319 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2320 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2321 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2322 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2323 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2324
Heiko Schocher443ca402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002325- bootcount support:
2326 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2327
2328 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2329 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2330
2331 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2332 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
Heiko Schocher443ca402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002333 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2334 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2335 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2336 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2337 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2338 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2339 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2340 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2341 the bootcounter.
2342 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Ian Ray542a48e2017-11-08 15:35:13 +00002343 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_EXT
2344 enable support for the bootcounter in EXT filesystem
2345 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = RAM address used for read
2346 and write.
2347 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_EXT_INTERFACE = interface
2348 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_EXT_DEVPART = device and part
2349 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_EXT_NAME = filename
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002350
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002351- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002352 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2353
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002354 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2355 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2356 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2357 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2358 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2359 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002360
Simon Glass0fa36a42012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002361
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002362Legacy uImage format:
2363
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002364 Arg Where When
2365 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002366 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002367 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002368 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002369 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002370 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002371 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2372 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2373 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002374 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002375 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2376 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2377 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2378 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002379 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002380 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002381
2382 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2383 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2384 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2385 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2386 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2387 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2388 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002389 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002390 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2391 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2392
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002393 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002394
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002395 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenkd729d302004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002396 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2397 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenke97d3d92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002398
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002399 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2400 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2401 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2402 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2403 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2404 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2405 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2406 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2407 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2408 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2409 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2410 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2411 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2412 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2413 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2414 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2415 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2416 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2417 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2418 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2419 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2420 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2421 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2422 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2423 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2424 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2425 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2426 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2427 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2428 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2429 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2430 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2431 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2432 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2433 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2434 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2435 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2436 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2437 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2438 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2439 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2440 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2441 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2442 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2443 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2444 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2445 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002446
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002447 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002448
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002449 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002450 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2451 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002452
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002453 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerc80b41b02015-04-08 01:41:21 -05002454 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
2455 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
2456 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002457 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2458 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002459 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2460 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002461 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002462
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002463FIT uImage format:
2464
2465 Arg Where When
2466 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2467 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2468 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2469 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2470 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2471 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowicz0cd4f3d2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002472 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002473 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2474 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2475 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2476 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2477 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002478 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2479 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002480 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2481 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2482 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2483 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2484 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2485 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2486 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2487 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2488
2489 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2490 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2491 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002492 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002493 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2494 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2495 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2496 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2497 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2498 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2499 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2500 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2501 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2502 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2503 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2504 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2505
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002506 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002507 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2508
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002509 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002510 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2511
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002512 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002513 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2514
Heiko Schocher515eb122014-05-28 11:33:33 +02002515- legacy image format:
2516 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
2517 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
2518
2519 Default:
2520 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
2521
2522 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
2523 disable the legacy image format
2524
2525 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
2526 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
2527
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002528- Standalone program support:
2529 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2530
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002531 This option defines a board specific value for the
2532 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2533 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002534 settings.
2535
2536- Frame Buffer Address:
2537 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2538
2539 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denka71eb8e2013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002540 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2541 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2542 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2543 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2544 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2545 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2546 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002547
2548 Please see board_init_f function.
2549
Detlev Zundel0ecb6112009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002550- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2551 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2552 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2553 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2554
2555 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2556 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2557
2558- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2559 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2560
2561 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2562 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2563
2564 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2565
2566 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2567 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2568
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002569- UBI support
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002570 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
2571
2572 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
2573 warnings and errors enabled.
2574
Heiko Schocherf5895d12014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002575
2576 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
2577 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
2578 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
2579 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
2580 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
2581 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
2582
2583 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
2584 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
2585 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
2586 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
2587 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
2588
2589 default: 4096
Simon Glass6c0be912014-10-23 18:58:54 -06002590
Heiko Schocherf5895d12014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002591 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
2592 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
2593 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
2594 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
2595 flash), this value is ignored.
2596
2597 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
2598 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
2599 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
2600 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
2601 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
2602 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
2603
2604 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
2605 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
2606 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
2607 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
2608 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
2609 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
2610 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
2611 partition.
2612
2613 default: 20
2614
2615 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
2616 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
2617 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
2618 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
2619 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
2620 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
2621 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
2622 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
2623 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
2624 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
2625 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
2626 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
2627
2628 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
2629 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
2630 without a fastmap.
2631 default: 0
2632
Heiko Schocher94b66de2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02002633 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
2634 Enable UBI fastmap debug
2635 default: 0
2636
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002637- UBIFS support
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002638 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
2639
2640 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
2641 warnings and errors enabled.
2642
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002643- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002644 CONFIG_SPL
2645 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002646
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002647 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2648 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2649
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002650 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2651 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2652 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2653 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002654 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002655 must not be both defined at the same time.
2656
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002657 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002658 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2659 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2660 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2661 not exceed it.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002662
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002663 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2664 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002665
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002666 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2667 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2668 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2669
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002670 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2671 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2672
2673 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002674 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2675 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2676 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002677 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002678 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002679
2680 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2681 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2682
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)287b0942015-03-31 11:40:50 +02002683 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
2684 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
2685 loaded does not have a signature.
2686 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
2687 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
2688 will be caught.
2689 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
2690 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
2691 and thus should be skipped silently.
2692
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002693 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2694 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2695 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2696 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2697
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002698 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2699 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam38e1a972015-11-12 12:30:19 -02002700 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
2701 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
2702 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002703
2704 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2705 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002706
Tom Rinic2b76002014-03-28 12:03:39 -04002707 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
2708 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
2709 See also: doc/README.falcon
2710
Tom Rinife3b0c72012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002711 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2712 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2713 about the running system.
2714
Scott Wood7c810902012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002715 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2716 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2717
Paul Kocialkowski17675c82014-11-08 23:14:56 +01002718 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
2719 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2720 used in raw mode
2721
Peter Korsgaard01b542f2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00002722 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
2723 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
2724 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
2725
2726 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
2727 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
2728 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
2729 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
2730 (for falcon mode)
2731
Paul Kocialkowski341e8cd2014-11-08 23:14:55 +01002732 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
2733 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2734 used in fs mode
2735
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002736 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2737 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
2738
2739 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002740 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002741 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002742
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002743 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002744 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002745 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002746
Scott Wood2b36fbb2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002747 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2748 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2749 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2750 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2751 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2752
Prabhakar Kushwaha6e2b9a32014-04-08 19:12:31 +05302753 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
2754 Avoid SPL relocation
2755
Scott Woodc352a0c2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002756 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2757 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2758 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2759
2760 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2761 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2762
2763 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2764 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2765
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002766 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002767 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2768 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002769
Thomas Gleixner820d24d2016-07-12 20:28:12 +02002770 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
2771 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
2772 loader
2773
Heiko Schochercf000272014-10-31 08:31:00 +01002774 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
2775 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
2776 if you need to save space.
2777
Ying Zhangdfb2b152013-08-16 15:16:12 +08002778 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
2779 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
2780 SPL binary.
2781
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002782 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2783 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2784 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2785 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2786 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2787 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002788 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002789
Prabhakar Kushwahaafffcb02013-12-11 12:42:11 +05302790 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
2791 Add support NAND boot
2792
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002793 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002794 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2795
2796 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2797 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2798
2799 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2800 Size of image to load
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002801
2802 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002803 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002804
2805 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2806 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002807 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002808
Pavel Machekde997252012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002809 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2810 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2811
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002812 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeauf0180722013-04-11 09:35:49 +00002813 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
2814 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
2815 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2816 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2817 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002818
Scott Woodf147eb72012-09-21 16:27:32 -05002819 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2820 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2821 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2822 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2823
Simon Glass82d94532013-05-08 08:05:59 +00002824 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
2825 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
2826 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
2827 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
2828 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
2829
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002830- TPL framework
2831 CONFIG_TPL
2832 Enable building of TPL globally.
2833
2834 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
2835 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
2836 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002837 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2838 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2839 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002840
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002841- Interrupt support (PPC):
2842
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002843 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2844 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002845 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002846 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002847 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002848 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002849 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002850 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2851 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2852 general timer_interrupt().
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002853
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002854
Helmut Raigerd5a184b2011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002855Board initialization settings:
2856------------------------------
2857
2858During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2859to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2860before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2861following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2862architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2863typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2864
2865- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2866- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2867- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2868- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002869
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002870Configuration Settings:
2871-----------------------
2872
York Sun6c480012014-02-26 17:03:19 -08002873- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
2874 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
2875
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002876- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002877 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2878
Peter Tyserdfb72b82009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002879- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2880 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2881
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002882- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002883 prompt for user input.
2884
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002885- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002886
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002887- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002888
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002889- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002890
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002891- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002892 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2893 booted
2894
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002895- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002896 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2897
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002898- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002899 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2900 simple memory test.
2901
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002902- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002903 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002904
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002905- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5958f4a2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002906 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2907 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2908
York Sun5d286cd2015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002909- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sun1ef95cc2016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002910 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sun5d286cd2015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002911 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
2912 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
2913 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sun1ef95cc2016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002914 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sun5d286cd2015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002915 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
2916 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
2917
York Sun50739372015-12-07 11:05:29 -08002918- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002919 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002920 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002921 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002922 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2923 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2924 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002925 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002926 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002927 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002928
2929 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2930 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2931 be touched.
2932
2933 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2934 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2935 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2936 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2937 problems.
2938
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002939- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002940 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2941
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002942- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002943 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2944
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002945- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002946 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2947
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002948- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002949 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2950 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk0708bc62010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002951 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002952 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002953
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002954- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002955 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2956 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2957 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2958 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002959
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002960- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002961 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2962
Simon Glass863e4042014-07-10 22:23:28 -06002963- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
2964 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
2965 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
2966 will become available before relocation. The address is just
2967 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
2968 space.
2969
2970 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
2971 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
2972 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002973 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glass863e4042014-07-10 22:23:28 -06002974 U-Boot relocates itself.
2975
Simon Glass9fa901b2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07002976- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
2977 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
2978 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
2979 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
2980
Thierry Redingc97d9742014-12-09 22:25:22 -07002981- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
2982 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
2983 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
2984 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
2985 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
2986 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
2987 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
2988 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
2989 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
2990 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
2991 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
2992 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
2993 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
2994 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
2995 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
2996 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
2997
2998 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
2999
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003000- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003001 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3002 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003003 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003004 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3005
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003006- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003007 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3008 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003009 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3010 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003011 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003012 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003013 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003014 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3015 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3016 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003017
John Rigbyeea8e692010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003018- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3019 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3020 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3021 is enabled.
3022
3023- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3024 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3025 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3026
3027- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3028 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3029 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3030
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003031- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003032 Max number of Flash memory banks
3033
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003034- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003035 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3036
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003037- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003038 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3039
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003040- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003041 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3042
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003043- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003044 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3045
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003046- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003047 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3048
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003049- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003050 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3051 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3052
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003053- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003054
3055 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3056 without this option such a download has to be
3057 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3058 copy from RAM to flash.
3059
3060 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3061 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003062 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3063 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003064 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3065
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003066- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003067 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003068 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3069
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD8d94c232008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003070- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003071 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3072 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003073
Piotr Ziecik3e939e92008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003074- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3075 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3076 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3077 to the MTD layer.
3078
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003079- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski183284f2008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003080 Use buffered writes to flash.
3081
3082- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3083 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3084 write commands.
3085
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003086- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roesec443fe92005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003087 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3088 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3089 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3090 optionally available.
3091
Jerry Van Barenaae73572008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003092- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3093 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3094 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3095 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3096
Stefan Roesed20cba52013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003097- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3098 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3099 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3100 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3101 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3102 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3103 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3104 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3105
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003106- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003107 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3108 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003109 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3110 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003111 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003112 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3113
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003114- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3115
Wolfgang Denk1136f692010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003116 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3117 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3118 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3119 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3120 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003121
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003122- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3123- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003124 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003125 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3126 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3127 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3128
3129 The format of the list is:
3130 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003131 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
3132 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003133 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3134 list = entry[,list]
3135
3136 The type attributes are:
3137 s - String (default)
3138 d - Decimal
3139 x - Hexadecimal
3140 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3141 i - IP address
3142 m - MAC address
3143
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003144 The access attributes are:
3145 a - Any (default)
3146 r - Read-only
3147 o - Write-once
3148 c - Change-default
3149
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003150 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3151 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003152 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003153
3154 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3155 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3156 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3157 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3158 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3159 ".flags" variable.
3160
Joe Hershberger6db9fd42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003161 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3162 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
3163 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
3164
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003165- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3166 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3167 access flags.
3168
Gabe Black3687fe42014-10-15 04:38:30 -06003169- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
3170 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
3171 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
3172 building U-Boot to enable this.
3173
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003174The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3175of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3176following configurations:
3177
Mike Frysinger63b8f122011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003178- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3179
3180 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3181 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3182
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003183BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003184in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003185console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003186U-Boot will hang.
3187
3188Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3189environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3190keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3191to save the current settings.
3192
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003193BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3194"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003195environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3196but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003197
Guennadi Liakhovetskifad24442009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003198- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3199
3200 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3201 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3202 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3203
Bruce Adleredecc942007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003204Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003205has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Simon Glass64b723f2017-08-03 12:22:12 -06003206created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use env_get_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003207until then to read environment variables.
3208
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003209The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3210is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3211with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3212necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3213"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3214have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003215
3216Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3217the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003218use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003219
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003220- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003221 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003222
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003223 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003224 also needs to be defined.
3225
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003226- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003227 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003228
Ron Madriddfa028a2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003229- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3230 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3231 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3232 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3233 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3234 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3235
Simon Glass28a9e332012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003236- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3237 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3238 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3239 to do this.
3240
Simon Glasse8822012012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003241- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3242 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3243 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3244 present.
3245
Sascha Silbe4b9c17c2013-08-11 16:40:43 +02003246- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
3247 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
3248 build system checks that the actual size does not
3249 exceed it.
3250
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003251Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkc8434db2003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003252---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003253
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003254- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003255 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3256
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003257- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3258 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3259 PowerPC SOCs.
3260
3261- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3262 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3263 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3264
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003265- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3266 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3267 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003268 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003269 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3270 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3271 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3272
3273 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3274 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3275
3276- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003277 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3278 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003279 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3280 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3281
3282- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3283 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3284 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3285 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3286
3287- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3288 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3289 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3290
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003291- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003292 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003293
3294 the default drive number (default value 0)
3295
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003296 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003297
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003298 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003299 (default value 1)
3300
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003301 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003302
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003303 defines the offset of register from address. It
3304 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003305 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003306
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003307 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3308 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003309 default value.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003310
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003311 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003312 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3313 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003314 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003315 initializations.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003316
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003317- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3318 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3319 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3320 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3321 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3322 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003323 is required.
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003324
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003325- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003326 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
Christophe Leroy069fa832017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003327 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003328
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003329- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003330
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003331 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003332 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3333 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3334 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3335 will become available only after programming the
3336 memory controller and running certain initialization
3337 sequences.
3338
3339 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
Christophe Leroy069fa832017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003340 - MPC8xx: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003341
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003342- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003343
3344 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003345 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3346 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003347 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk1c2e98e2010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003348 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Simon Glass9a6ac8b2016-10-02 18:01:06 -06003349 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003350 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3351 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003352
3353 Note:
3354 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3355 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003356 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003357 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3358 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3359
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003360- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003361
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003362- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003363 SDRAM timing
3364
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003365- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003366 periodic timer for refresh
3367
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003368- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3369 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3370 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3371 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003372 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3373
3374- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003375 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3376 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003377 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3378
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003379- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003380 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003381 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3382 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3383 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3384 by coreboot or similar.
3385
Gabor Juhosb4458732013-05-30 07:06:12 +00003386- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
3387 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
3388
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003389- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3390 Chip has SRIO or not
3391
3392- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3393 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3394
3395- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3396 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3397
Liu Gang27afb9c2013-05-07 16:30:46 +08003398- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
3399 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
3400
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003401- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3402 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3403
3404- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3405 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3406
3407- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3408 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3409
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003410- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
3411 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
3412 a 16 bit bus.
3413 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003414 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003415 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003416 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermancd6aae32011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003417
3418- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3419 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3420 a default value will be used.
3421
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003422- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003423 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3424 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3425
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003426 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3427 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3428
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003429- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003430 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3431 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3432 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003433
York Sune73cc042011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003434- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3435 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3436 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3437 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3438 header files or board specific files.
3439
York Sunbd495cf2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003440- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3441 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3442
York Sun8ced0502015-01-06 13:18:55 -08003443- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
3444 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
3445
York Sunb6a35f82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07003446- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
3447 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
3448
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003449- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003450 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3451 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi054838e2006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003452
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003453- CONFIG_RMII
3454 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3455 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3456 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3457
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003458- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3459 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3460 The syntax is:
3461
3462 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3463
3464 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3465 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3466 area should have.
3467
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003468- CONFIG_LOOPW
3469 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Simon Glass92ffdee2017-08-04 16:34:27 -06003470 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003471
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003472- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3473 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3474 "md/mw" commands.
3475 Examples:
3476
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003477 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003478 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3479
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003480 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003481 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3482
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003483 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Simon Glass92ffdee2017-08-04 16:34:27 -06003484 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003485
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003486- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Rick Chend7e6f922017-12-26 13:55:59 +08003487 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS, RISC-V only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003488 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3489 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3490 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003491
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003492 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3493 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3494 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3495 these initializations itself.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003496
Simon Glass90844072016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003497- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
3498 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
yeongjun Kim7a203682016-07-20 22:56:12 +09003499 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
Simon Glass90844072016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003500 instruction cache) is still performed.
3501
Aneesh V552a3192011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003502- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Lilja1ec96d82009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003503 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3504 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3505 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk336b2bc2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003506
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003507- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
3508 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3509 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
3510 It is loaded by the SPL.
3511
Ying Zhang0d4f5442013-05-20 14:07:23 +08003512- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
3513 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
3514 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
3515 previous 4k of the .text section.
3516
Simon Glass17dabf02013-02-24 17:33:14 +00003517- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
3518 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
3519 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
3520 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
3521 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
3522 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
3523 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
3524 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
3525
Simon Glassbfb59802013-02-14 04:18:54 +00003526- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
3527 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
3528 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Black14f82462012-11-27 21:08:06 +00003529
Heiko Schocher2233e462013-11-04 14:05:00 +01003530- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
3531 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
3532
Karicheri, Muralidharanc1dc61b2014-04-04 13:16:50 -04003533- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
3534 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
3535 driver that uses this:
3536 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
3537
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003538Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3539-----------------------------------
3540
3541The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3542loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3543This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3544are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3545within that device.
3546
Zhao Qiang83a90842014-03-21 16:21:44 +08003547- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3548 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
3549 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3550 is also specified.
3551
3552- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
3553 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003554 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3555 is also specified.
3556
3557- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3558 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3559 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3560 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3561 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3562
3563- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3564 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3565 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3566 virtual address in NOR flash.
3567
3568- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3569 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3570 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3571
3572- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3573 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3574 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3575
Liu Gang1e084582012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003576- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3577 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3578 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003579 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3580 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3581 master's memory space.
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003582
J. German Rivera8ff14b72014-06-23 15:15:55 -07003583Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
3584---------------------------------------------------------
3585The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
3586"firmware".
3587This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3588are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3589within that device.
3590
3591- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
3592 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
3593
Prabhakar Kushwaha853a9012015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303594Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
3595-------------------------------------------
3596The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
3597"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
3598This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
3599
York Sun928b6812015-12-07 11:08:58 -08003600- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
3601 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha853a9012015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303602
Paul Kocialkowski7b917022015-07-26 18:48:15 +02003603Reproducible builds
3604-------------------
3605
3606In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
3607process have to be set to a fixed value.
3608
3609This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
3610SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
3611option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
3612
3613SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
3614
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003615Building the Software:
3616======================
3617
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003618Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3619and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3620all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3621(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3622recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3623which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003624
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003625If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3626have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3627you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3628Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3629necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003630
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003631 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3632 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003633
Peter Tyserb06976d2009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003634Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3635 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3636 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3637 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3638
3639 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3640
3641 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3642 be executed on computers running Windows.
3643
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003644U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3645sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003646is done by typing:
3647
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003648 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003649
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003650where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003651rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk2f0812d2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003652
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003653Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3654 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3655 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3656 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003657 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003658
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003659 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003660 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003661
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003662 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003663 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003664
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003665 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003666
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003667
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003668Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3669images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003670
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003671- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3672- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3673- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003674
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003675By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3676in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3677this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3678
36791. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3680
3681 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003682 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003683 make O=/tmp/build all
3684
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +020036852. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003686
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003687 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003688 make distclean
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003689 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003690 make all
3691
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003692Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003693variable.
3694
Daniel Schwierzeck88484422018-01-26 16:31:04 +01003695User specific CPPFLAGS, AFLAGS and CFLAGS can be passed to the compiler by
3696setting the according environment variables KCPPFLAGS, KAFLAGS and KCFLAGS.
3697For example to treat all compiler warnings as errors:
3698
3699 make KCFLAGS=-Werror
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003700
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003701Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3702for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3703native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003704
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003705
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003706If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3707to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3708steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003709
Phil Sutterc77b4882015-12-25 14:41:18 +010037101. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003711 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutterc77b4882015-12-25 14:41:18 +01003712 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
37132. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3714 your board.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000037153. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3716 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +020037174. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000037185. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3719 to be installed on your target system.
37206. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3721 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003722
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003723
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003724Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3725==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003726
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003727If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3728or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003729provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3730the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003731official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003732
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003733But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3734cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003735the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
Simon Glassdc27def2016-07-27 20:33:08 -06003736just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
3737configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
3738will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
3739for documentation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003740
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003741
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003742See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003743
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003744
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003745Monitor Commands - Overview:
3746============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003747
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003748go - start application at address 'addr'
3749run - run commands in an environment variable
3750bootm - boot application image from memory
3751bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003752bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003753tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3754 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3755 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003756tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003757rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3758diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3759loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3760loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3761md - memory display
3762mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3763nm - memory modify (constant address)
3764mw - memory write (fill)
3765cp - memory copy
3766cmp - memory compare
3767crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003768i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003769sspi - SPI utility commands
3770base - print or set address offset
3771printenv- print environment variables
3772setenv - set environment variables
3773saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3774protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3775erase - erase FLASH memory
3776flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc4baf03d2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00003777nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003778bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3779iminfo - print header information for application image
3780coninfo - print console devices and informations
3781ide - IDE sub-system
3782loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003783loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003784mtest - simple RAM test
3785icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3786dcache - enable or disable data cache
3787reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3788echo - echo args to console
3789version - print monitor version
3790help - print online help
3791? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003792
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003793
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003794Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3795========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003796
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003797TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003798
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003799For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003800
3801
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003802Environment Variables:
3803======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003804
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003805U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3806can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003807
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003808Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3809"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3810without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3811environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3812working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3813environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003814
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003815Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3816
3817List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003818
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003819 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003820
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003821 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003822
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003823 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003824
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003825 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003826
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003827 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003828
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003829 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3830 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3831 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3832 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3833 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3834 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003835 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3836 bootm_mapsize.
3837
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003838 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003839 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3840 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3841 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3842 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3843 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3844 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003845
3846 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3847 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3848 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3849 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3850 environment variable.
3851
Bartlomiej Siekae273e9f2008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003852 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3853 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3854 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3855
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003856 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3857 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3858 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3859 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003860
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003861 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3862 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3863 be automatically started (by internally calling
3864 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003865
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003866 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3867 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3868 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3869 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3870 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003871
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003872 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3873 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guo0ca9e982012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003874 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3875 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3876 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3877 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3878 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3879 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3880 access it during the boot procedure.
3881
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003882 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3883 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3884 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3885 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3886 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3887 must be accessible by the kernel.
3888
Simon Glassdc6fa642011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003889 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3890 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3891 defined.
3892
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003893 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3894 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3895 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3896 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3897 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3898
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003899 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3900 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3901 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3902 is usually what you want since it allows for
3903 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3904 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003905 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003906 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3907 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3908 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3909 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003910
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003911 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3912 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3913 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3914 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3915 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3916 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003917
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003918 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003919
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003920 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3921 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3922 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3923 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3924 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3925 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3926 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk3f9ab982003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003927
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003928 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003929
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003930 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3931 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003932
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003933 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003934
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003935 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk6f770ed2003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003936
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003937 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003938
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003939 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003940
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003941 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003942
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003943 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003944
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003945 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3946 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003947
Heiko Schocherc5e84052010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003948 => setenv ethact FEC
3949 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3950 => setenv ethact SCC
3951 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003952
Matthias Fuchs204f0ec2008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003953 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3954 available network interfaces.
3955 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3956
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003957 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003958 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3959 When set to "once" the network operation will
3960 fail when all the available network interfaces
3961 are tried once without success.
3962 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3963 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003964
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD1948d6c2009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003965 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDd2164ef2008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003966
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003967 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass5db3f932013-07-16 20:10:00 -07003968 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
3969 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
3970 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
3971 is silent.
3972
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)83006852015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003973 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003974 UDP source port.
3975
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)83006852015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003976 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003977 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3978
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003979 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3980 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3981
3982 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3983 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3984 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3985 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3986 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3987 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3988 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3989
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)83006852015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003990 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
3991 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
3992 can happen during a single file transfer before that
3993 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
3994 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
3995 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
3996 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
3997
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003998 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003999 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004000 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004001
Alexandre Messier15971322016-02-01 17:08:57 -05004002 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
4003 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
4004 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
4005 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
4006 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
4007
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004008The following image location variables contain the location of images
4009used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4010not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4011variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4012server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4013loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4014flash or offset in NAND flash.
4015
4016*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevambb7d4972015-04-25 18:53:10 -03004017boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004018boards use these variables for other purposes.
4019
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004020Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4021----- --------- ----------- --------------
4022u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4023Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4024device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4025ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004026
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004027The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4028updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4029depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004030
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004031 bootfile - see above
4032 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4033 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4034 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4035 hostname - Target hostname
4036 ipaddr - see above
4037 netmask - Subnet Mask
4038 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4039 serverip - see above
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004040
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004041
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004042There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004043
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004044 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4045 as type string and/or serial number
4046 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004047
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004048These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4049the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4050once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004051
4052
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004053Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004054
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004055 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4056 with the "version" command. This variable is
4057 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004058
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004059
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004060Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4061only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004062
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004063
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004064Callback functions for environment variables:
4065---------------------------------------------
4066
4067For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004068when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004069be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4070deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4071effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4072
4073The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4074U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4075
4076These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4077static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4078in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4079associations. The list must be in the following format:
4080
4081 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4082 list = entry[,list]
4083
4084If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4085Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4086
4087Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4088with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4089override any association in the static list. You can define
4090CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004091".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004092
Joe Hershberger6db9fd42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05004093If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
4094regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
4095the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
4096
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004097
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004098Command Line Parsing:
4099=====================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004100
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004101There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4102the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004103
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004104Old, simple command line parser:
4105--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004106
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004107- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4108- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004109- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004110- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4111 for example:
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004112 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004113- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4114 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004115
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004116Hush shell:
4117-----------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004118
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004119- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4120 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4121 until...do...done, ...
4122- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4123 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4124 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4125 command
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004126
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004127General rules:
4128--------------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004129
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004130(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4131 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4132 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4133 executed anyway.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004134
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004135(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004136 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004137 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4138 variables are not executed.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004139
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004140Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4141=======================================
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004142
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004143Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004144such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4145"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004146
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004147Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4148MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4149"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004150
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004151If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4152in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4153ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4154variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004155
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004156o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4157 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004158
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004159o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4160 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4161 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004162
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004163o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4164 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004165
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004166o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4167 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4168 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004169
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004170o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershberger2dc2b5d2015-05-04 14:55:13 -05004171 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
4172 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004173
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004174If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004175will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004176may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4177The naming convention is as follows:
4178"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004179
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004180Image Formats:
4181==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004182
Marian Balakowicz18710b82008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004183U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4184images in two formats:
4185
4186New uImage format (FIT)
4187-----------------------
4188
4189Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4190to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4191components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4192SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4193
4194
4195Old uImage format
4196-----------------
4197
4198Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4199preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4200details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004201
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004202* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4203 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyser56b8dd12008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004204 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4205 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4206 INTEGRITY).
Andy Shevchenko8cb5cdd2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03004207* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, Intel x86,
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004208 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
Andy Shevchenko8cb5cdd2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03004209 Currently supported: ARM, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004210* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4211* Load Address
4212* Entry Point
4213* Image Name
4214* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004215
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004216The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4217and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4218CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004219
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004220
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004221Linux Support:
4222==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004223
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004224Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4225easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4226U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004227
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004228U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4229special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4230"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4231instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4232serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004233
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004234- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4235 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4236 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004237
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004238- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4239 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004240
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004241- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4242 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4243 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4244 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4245 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4246 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004247
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004248
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004249Linux HOWTO:
4250============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004251
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004252Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4253---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004254
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004255U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4256configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4257(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4258Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004259
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004260But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004261
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004262Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4263include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg47167572008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004264Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4265and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004266as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004267
Simon Glassd097e592014-06-11 23:29:46 -06004268Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
4269If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
4270is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
4271doc/driver-model.
4272
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004273
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004274Configuring the Linux kernel:
4275-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004276
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004277No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4278device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004279
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004280
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004281Building a Linux Image:
4282-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004283
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004284With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4285not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4286"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4287U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4288which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4289100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004290
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004291Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004292
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004293 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004294 make oldconfig
4295 make dep
4296 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004297
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004298The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4299encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4300CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004301
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004302* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004303
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004304* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004305
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004306 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4307 -R .note -R .comment \
4308 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004309
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004310* compress the binary image:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004311
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004312 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004313
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004314* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004315
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004316 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4317 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4318 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004319
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004320
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004321The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4322with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4323combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4324byte header containing information about target architecture,
4325operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4326stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004327
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004328"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4329print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004330
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004331In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4332contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4333checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004334
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004335 tools/mkimage -l image
4336 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004337
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004338The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4339from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004340
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004341 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4342 -n name -d data_file image
4343 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4344 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4345 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4346 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4347 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4348 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4349 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4350 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004351
wdenkcd914452004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004352Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4353address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4354kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004355
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004356- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4357- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004358
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004359So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004360
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004361 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4362 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004363 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004364 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4365 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4366 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4367 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4368 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4369 Load Address: 0x00000000
4370 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004371
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004372To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004373
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004374 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4375 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4376 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4377 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4378 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4379 Load Address: 0x00000000
4380 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004381
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004382NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4383speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4384needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4385need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004386
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004387 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004388 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4389 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004390 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004391 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4392 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4393 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4394 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4395 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4396 Load Address: 0x00000000
4397 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004398
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004399
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004400Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4401when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004402
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004403 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4404 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4405 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4406 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4407 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4408 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4409 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4410 Load Address: 0x00000000
4411 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004412
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira51553812013-12-01 12:43:11 -07004413The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
4414option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
4415option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
4416from the image:
4417
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira40bf5632015-01-15 02:54:40 -02004418 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
4419 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
4420 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4421 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira51553812013-12-01 12:43:11 -07004422
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004423
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004424Installing a Linux Image:
4425-------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004426
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004427To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4428you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004429
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004430 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004431
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004432The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4433image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4434address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4435specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4436command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004437
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004438Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4439TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004440
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004441 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004442
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004443 .......... done
4444 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004445
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004446 => loads 40100000
4447 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4448 ~>examples/image.srec
4449 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4450 ...
4451 15989 15990 15991 15992
4452 [file transfer complete]
4453 [connected]
4454 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004455
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004456
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004457You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004458this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004459corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004460
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004461 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004462
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004463 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4464 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4465 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4466 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4467 Load Address: 00000000
4468 Entry Point: 0000000c
4469 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004470
4471
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004472Boot Linux:
4473-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004474
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004475The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4476memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4477of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4478parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4479"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004480
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004481
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004482 => printenv bootargs
4483 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004484
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004485 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004486
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004487 => printenv bootargs
4488 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004489
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004490 => bootm 40020000
4491 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4492 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4493 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4494 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4495 Load Address: 00000000
4496 Entry Point: 0000000c
4497 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4498 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4499 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4500 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4501 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4502 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4503 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4504 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004505
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004506If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004507the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4508format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004509
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004510 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004511
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004512 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4513 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4514 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4515 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4516 Load Address: 00000000
4517 Entry Point: 0000000c
4518 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004519
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004520 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4521 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4522 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4523 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4524 Load Address: 00000000
4525 Entry Point: 00000000
4526 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004527
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004528 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4529 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4530 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4531 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4532 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4533 Load Address: 00000000
4534 Entry Point: 0000000c
4535 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4536 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4537 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4538 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4539 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4540 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4541 Load Address: 00000000
4542 Entry Point: 00000000
4543 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4544 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4545 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4546 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4547 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4548 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4549 ...
4550 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4551 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004552
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004553 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004554
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004555Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4556-----------
4557
4558First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4559titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4560following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4561flat device tree:
4562
4563=> print oftaddr
4564oftaddr=0x300000
4565=> print oft
4566oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4567=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4568Speed: 1000, full duplex
4569Using TSEC0 device
4570TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4571Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4572Load address: 0x300000
4573Loading: #
4574done
4575Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4576=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4577Speed: 1000, full duplex
4578Using TSEC0 device
4579TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4580Filename 'uImage'.
4581Load address: 0x200000
4582Loading:############
4583done
4584Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4585=> print loadaddr
4586loadaddr=200000
4587=> print oftaddr
4588oftaddr=0x300000
4589=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4590## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004591 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4592 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4593 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004594 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004595 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004596 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4597 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4598Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4599Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4600Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4601[snip]
4602
4603
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004604More About U-Boot Image Types:
4605------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004606
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004607U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004608
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004609 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4610 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4611 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4612 the Standalone Program.
4613 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4614 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4615 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4616 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4617 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4618 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4619 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4620 being started.
4621 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4622 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4623 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4624 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4625 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4626 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004627
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004628 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4629 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4630 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4631 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4632 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4633 a multiple of 4 bytes).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004634
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004635 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4636 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4637 flash memory.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004638
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004639 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4640 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4641 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4642 as command interpreter.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004643
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004644Booting the Linux zImage:
4645-------------------------
4646
4647On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4648using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4649as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4650
Tom Rini45f46d12013-05-16 11:40:11 -04004651Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut28850d02012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004652kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4653address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4654format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4655
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004656
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004657Standalone HOWTO:
4658=================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004659
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004660One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4661run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4662U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004663
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004664Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004665
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004666"Hello World" Demo:
4667-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004668
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004669'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4670application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4671It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4672like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004673
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004674 => loads
4675 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4676 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4677 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4678 [file transfer complete]
4679 [connected]
4680 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004681
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004682 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4683 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4684 Hello World
4685 argc = 7
4686 argv[0] = "40004"
4687 argv[1] = "Hello"
4688 argv[2] = "World!"
4689 argv[3] = "This"
4690 argv[4] = "is"
4691 argv[5] = "a"
4692 argv[6] = "test."
4693 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4694 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004695
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004696 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004697
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004698Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4699handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4700Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4701The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4702character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4703controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004704
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004705 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4706 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4707 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4708 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004709
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004710 => loads
4711 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4712 ~>examples/timer.srec
4713 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4714 [file transfer complete]
4715 [connected]
4716 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004717
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004718 => go 40004
4719 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4720 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4721 Using timer 1
4722 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004723
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004724Hit 'b':
4725 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4726 Enabling timer
4727Hit '?':
4728 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4729 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4730Hit '?':
4731 [q, b, e, ?] .
4732 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4733Hit '?':
4734 [q, b, e, ?] .
4735 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4736Hit '?':
4737 [q, b, e, ?] .
4738 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4739Hit 'e':
4740 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4741Hit 'q':
4742 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004743
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004744
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004745Minicom warning:
4746================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004747
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004748Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4749"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4750consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4751Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4752especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pinca0189bb2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00004753use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
4754http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
4755for help with kermit.
4756
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004757
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004758Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4759configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004760
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004761 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4762 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4763 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004764
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004765
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004766NetBSD Notes:
4767=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004768
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004769Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4770(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004771
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004772Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4773NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4774need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4775Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4776attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4777missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004778
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004779 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4780 # mkdir powerpc
4781 # ln -s powerpc machine
4782 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4783 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004784
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004785Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4786and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004787
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004788Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4789stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4790proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4791tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenkd0245fc2005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004792meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004793
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004794
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004795Implementation Internals:
4796=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004797
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004798The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4799implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4800inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4801hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004802
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004803
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004804Initial Stack, Global Data:
4805---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004806
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004807The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4808starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4809system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4810This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4811is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4812at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4813options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4814models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4815MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4816locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004817
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004818 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004819 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004820
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004821 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4822 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4823 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4824 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004825
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004826 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4827 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4828 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4829 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4830 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004831 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004832 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4833 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004834
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004835 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4836 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004837 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004838 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4839 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4840 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4841 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004842
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004843 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004844 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4845 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese3e1f1b32005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004846 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004847 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4848 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4849 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4850 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4851 you get the config right.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004852
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004853 -Chris Hallinan
4854 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004855
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004856It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4857code for the initialization procedures:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004858
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004859* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4860 to write it.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004861
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004862* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004863 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4864 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004865
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004866* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4867 that.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004868
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004869Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004870normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004871turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4872simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4873functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4874functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4875the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4876place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4877reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004878
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004879When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4880relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4881GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004882
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004883For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4884 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004885 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004886 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4887 R5-R10: parameter passing
4888 R13: small data area pointer
4889 R30: GOT pointer
4890 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004891
Joakim Tjernlund693c0c12010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004892 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4893 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4894 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004895
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004896 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004897
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004898 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4899 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4900 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4901 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4902 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4903 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004904
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004905On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004906
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004907 R0: function argument word/integer result
4908 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004909 R9: platform specific
4910 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004911 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4912 R12: temporary workspace
4913 R13: stack pointer
4914 R14: link register
4915 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004916
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004917 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
4918
4919 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004920
Thomas Chou8fa38582010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004921On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4922 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4923
4924 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4925
4926 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4927 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4928
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004929On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4930
4931 R0-R1: argument/return
4932 R2-R5: argument
4933 R15: temporary register for assembler
4934 R16: trampoline register
4935 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4936 R29: global pointer (GP)
4937 R30: link register (LP)
4938 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4939 PC: program counter (PC)
4940
4941 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4942
Wolfgang Denk6405a152006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004943NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4944or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004945
Rick Chend7e6f922017-12-26 13:55:59 +08004946On RISC-V, the following registers are used:
4947
4948 x0: hard-wired zero (zero)
4949 x1: return address (ra)
4950 x2: stack pointer (sp)
4951 x3: global pointer (gp)
4952 x4: thread pointer (tp)
4953 x5: link register (t0)
4954 x8: frame pointer (fp)
4955 x10-x11: arguments/return values (a0-1)
4956 x12-x17: arguments (a2-7)
4957 x28-31: temporaries (t3-6)
4958 pc: program counter (pc)
4959
4960 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4961
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004962Memory Management:
4963------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004964
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004965U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4966MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004967
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004968The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4969controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4970memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4971physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004972
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004973U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4974TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4975booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4976to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004977memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004978configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4979Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004980
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004981Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4982of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004983
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004984So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4985this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004986
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004987 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4988 :
4989 0x0000 1FFF
4990 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4991 :
4992 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004993
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004994 :
4995 :
4996 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4997 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4998 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4999 :
5000 0x00FD FFFF
5001 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5002 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5003 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5004 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005005
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005006
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005007System Initialization:
5008----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005009
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005010In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005011(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005012configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005013To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5014To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5015initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
Heiko Schocher71cb3e92017-06-07 17:33:10 +02005016which provide such a feature like), or in a locked part of the data
5017cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, the caches and
5018the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005019
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005020Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5021preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5022(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5023on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5024programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5025simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5026banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005027
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005028When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5029different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5030bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
50310x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5032contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005033
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005034Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5035and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5036Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5037pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005038
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005039Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5040until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5041running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5042new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005043
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005044
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005045U-Boot Porting Guide:
5046----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005047
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005048[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5049list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005050
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005051
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005052int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005053{
5054 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005055
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005056 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5057 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005058
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005059 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005060 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005061 return 0;
5062 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005063
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005064 Download latest U-Boot source;
wdenk34b613e2002-12-17 01:51:00 +00005065
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005066 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005067
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005068 if (clueless)
5069 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005070
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005071 while (learning) {
5072 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005073 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5074 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005075 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005076 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005077 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005078
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005079 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5080 Buy a BDI3000;
5081 else
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005082 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005083
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005084 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5085 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5086 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5087 } else {
5088 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5089 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
5090 }
5091 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5092 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005093
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005094 while (!accepted) {
5095 while (!running) {
5096 do {
5097 Add / modify source code;
5098 } until (compiles);
5099 Debug;
5100 if (clueless)
5101 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5102 }
5103 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5104 if (reasonable critiques)
5105 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5106 else
5107 Defend code as written;
wdenk634d2f72004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005108 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005109
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005110 return 0;
5111}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005112
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005113void no_more_time (int sig)
5114{
5115 hire_a_guru();
5116}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005117
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005118
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005119Coding Standards:
5120-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005121
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005122All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Baruch Siachb1081252017-12-10 17:34:35 +02005123coding style; see the kernel coding style guide at
5124https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/process/coding-style.html, and the
5125script "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005126
5127Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5128MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005129reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005130sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005131
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005132Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5133Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5134in your code.
wdenkad276f22004-01-04 16:28:35 +00005135
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005136Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5137- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005138- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005139- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005140- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005141- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005142
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005143Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5144with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005145
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005146
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005147Submitting Patches:
5148-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005149
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005150Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5151establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5152may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005153
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005154Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005155
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005156Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
S. Lockwood-Childsda6d34c2017-11-14 22:56:42 -08005157see https://lists.denx.de/listinfo/u-boot
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005158
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005159When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5160it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005161
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005162* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5163 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5164 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005165
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005166* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5167 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005168
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005169* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005170
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -05005171* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
5172 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005173
Albert ARIBAUD48e910f2013-09-11 15:52:51 +02005174* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
5175 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005176
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005177* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5178 document these in the README file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005179
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005180* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5181 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005182 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005183 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5184 with some other mail clients.
wdenkca9bc762003-07-15 07:45:49 +00005185
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005186 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5187 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5188 GNU diff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005189
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005190 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5191 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5192 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5193 affected files).
5194
5195 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5196 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005197
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005198* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5199 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00005200
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005201* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5202 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005203
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005204
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005205Notes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005206
Simon Glassdc27def2016-07-27 20:33:08 -06005207* Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005208 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5209 for any of the boards.
5210
5211* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5212 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5213 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005214
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005215* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5216 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5217 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5218 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5219 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5220 modification.
wdenkcbc49a52005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005221
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005222* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5223 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5224 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5225 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.